Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete...

23
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi & Terrill © 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program Thematic Unit for High School and Post-Secondary Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World Lesson Plans 11-15 Created by: Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem

Transcript of Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete...

Page 1: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Thematic Unit for High School and Post-Secondary

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Lesson Plans 11-15

Created by Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing Facebook Profile

Hobbies

Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read an infographic and introduction about various contestants of reality show in Arabic and identify the name age country of origin and their hobbies

Students watch a video and identify the type of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies

Presentational Communication

Students introduce an Arab male and female They state their names age country of origin and the hobbies of

Recycled vocabulary

مع السالمة ndashعسالمة ndashهال -أهال وسهالndashأهال ndashالتحية مرحبا

من أنت من أنت ndashأنا أهال ndashأهال وسهال ndashمرحبا

احلاء -الباء ndashالفاء -الياء ndashالواو -الكاف ndashالنون -التاء -السني ndashامليم -احلروف األلف الالم ndashالدال

كيف حالك كيف حالك خبري واحلمد هلل إزيك شلونك كيفك

ما امسك ما امسك امسي تشرفنا مع السالمة

صباح النور _اخلري صباح التحية من أربع بلدان عربية هال أهلني مرحبا أهال بيك

الباس ndashعسالمة ndashبنشكر اهلل -مساء النور ndashمساء اخلري

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من

خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة

أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية

لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف

( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )

أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح

شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل

خابريين مشتاق لك

Vocabulary and Phrases

وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

ما عندي هوايات

أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد

هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من

حرف اهلاء

Cultural and Content Knowledge

There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them

Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class

Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies

Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

TV program هوايات

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input

The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan

The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles

The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea

The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby

The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like

The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context

The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular

10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك

Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer

Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies

The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person

سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب

5 min

Blog العشاق ملتقى

Information about contestant

of reality show

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in

common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 2: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing Facebook Profile

Hobbies

Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read an infographic and introduction about various contestants of reality show in Arabic and identify the name age country of origin and their hobbies

Students watch a video and identify the type of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies

Presentational Communication

Students introduce an Arab male and female They state their names age country of origin and the hobbies of

Recycled vocabulary

مع السالمة ndashعسالمة ndashهال -أهال وسهالndashأهال ndashالتحية مرحبا

من أنت من أنت ndashأنا أهال ndashأهال وسهال ndashمرحبا

احلاء -الباء ndashالفاء -الياء ndashالواو -الكاف ndashالنون -التاء -السني ndashامليم -احلروف األلف الالم ndashالدال

كيف حالك كيف حالك خبري واحلمد هلل إزيك شلونك كيفك

ما امسك ما امسك امسي تشرفنا مع السالمة

صباح النور _اخلري صباح التحية من أربع بلدان عربية هال أهلني مرحبا أهال بيك

الباس ndashعسالمة ndashبنشكر اهلل -مساء النور ndashمساء اخلري

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من

خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة

أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية

لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف

( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )

أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح

شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل

خابريين مشتاق لك

Vocabulary and Phrases

وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

ما عندي هوايات

أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد

هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من

حرف اهلاء

Cultural and Content Knowledge

There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them

Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class

Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies

Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

TV program هوايات

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input

The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan

The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles

The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea

The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby

The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like

The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context

The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular

10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك

Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer

Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies

The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person

سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب

5 min

Blog العشاق ملتقى

Information about contestant

of reality show

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in

common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 3: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من

خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة

أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية

لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف

( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )

أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح

شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة

عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل

خابريين مشتاق لك

Vocabulary and Phrases

وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

ما عندي هوايات

أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد

هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من

حرف اهلاء

Cultural and Content Knowledge

There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them

Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class

Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies

Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

TV program هوايات

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input

The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan

The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles

The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea

The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby

The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like

The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context

The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular

10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك

Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer

Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies

The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person

سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب

5 min

Blog العشاق ملتقى

Information about contestant

of reality show

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in

common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 4: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them

Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class

Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies

Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

TV program هوايات

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input

The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan

The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles

The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea

The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby

The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like

The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context

The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular

10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك

Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer

Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies

The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person

سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب

5 min

Blog العشاق ملتقى

Information about contestant

of reality show

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in

common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 5: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input

The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan

The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles

The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea

The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby

The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like

The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context

The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular

10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك

Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer

Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies

The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person

سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب

5 min

Blog العشاق ملتقى

Information about contestant

of reality show

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in

common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 6: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like

Provide Input

The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it

She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it

5 min

One segment of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

PPT slide or projector of a

worksheet

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it

10 min

Two segments of TV program

called ldquoHiwayatrdquo

Worksheet هواية هي

أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال

أمارسها ابدا

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it

The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels

10 min PPT

Board and colored pens

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله

Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ

15 Worksheets

Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

5 minutes

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 7: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my

Hobbies

Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies

Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it

Recycled vocabulary

السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية

أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات

Vocabulary and Phrases

وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 8: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Presentational Communication

Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies

مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع

وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء

نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني

أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب

أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات

Cultural and Content Knowledge

Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide

Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite

Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite

Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often

Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 9: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology

What materials will you develop What materials will you use from

other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet

The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning

The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW

5 min

Lesson objectives

HW

Provide Input

The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport

The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player

10 min

Pictures of various sports

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV

Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports

4- 5 students report to whole class

15 min

Model questions on a board

or PPT

هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة

تحبتحبين

Provide Input

The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote

The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones

5 min

Blog What are your hobbies Blog2

استطالع

خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6

االستبيان

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع

Blog What are your hobbies

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 10: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Blog2

Provide Input

The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions

Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies

people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised

with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions

The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would

serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)

The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)

The teacher model with couple students who are strong

10 min

PPT slide or projector of an

interview grid

برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية

إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية

Taped conversation

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc

The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it

15 min

Interview grid and flip chart

هواية هي أنا أحب هذه

الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 11: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class

Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from

Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board

The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer

Provide Input

The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah

م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored

pens

Flashcards with studied words

so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers

10 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can

do statements- The students

complete a self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 12: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level

Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and

content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Interpretive Communication

Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies

Interpersonal Communication

Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc

Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them

Vocabularies and Phrases

األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي

مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو

Phonics Sound of the letter ز

Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 13: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements

Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites

Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color

Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day

The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant

She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)

The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies

10 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 14: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it

Provide Input

The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates

األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the

teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks

She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant

10 min

Provide Input

The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board

The teacher introduces the colors one at a time

The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books

Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like

In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at

15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant

ID cards

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 15: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do

She model asking and answering questions with one or two students

5 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record

their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-

and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels

5 min

PPT

Board and different colored pens

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as

-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول

10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 16: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile

Favorites 2

Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text

Interpersonal Communication

Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them

Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies

Vocabulary

فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة

المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة

موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة

ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة

Phonics Sound of the letter ض

Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Content and Cultural Knowledge

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 17: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the

missing letter create words using the letters learned so far

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day

5 min

PPT

Paper and pen

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 18: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye

Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class

Provide Input

The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites

The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class

When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites

Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)

10 min

Provide Input

Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists

Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States

In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text

10 min

Worksheet

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists

Students use strategies and cognates find information provided

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity

10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording

Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash

asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word

10 min PPT

Board and different colored pens

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 19: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels

Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-

Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like

Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned

مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح

15 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 20: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

Daily Lesson Plans

Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High

School amp Post-Secondary

Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are

you in

Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min

STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson

DO

What are the learning targets for this lesson

KNOW

What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge

and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do

Interpretive Communication

Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile

Interpersonal Communication

Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them

Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash

مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة

هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن

Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page

Language Possessive pronouns ه ها

nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun

Cultural and Content Knowledge

People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 21: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson

What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do

Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed

o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship

Type words and phrases in Arabic

STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know

How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing

Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities

What will learners do What will the teacher do

Time How many minutes

will this segment take

Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop

What materials will you use from other sources Be specific

Gain Attention Activate

Prior Knowledge

The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day

Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp

5 min Lesson objectives

WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet

Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks

the students to think what options they usually have

The students list the choices

10 min PPT

Board and markers

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 22: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words

The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it

Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues

10 min ورقة عمل

Provide Input

The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic

The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students

5 min

هدى الحويطي

httpswwwfacebookcomahmada

mshaposts390689810995574

السيرة الذاتية

httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde

lazizrabieposts145116

Video clip

PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo

section

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles

10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form

Provide Input

The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype

The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct

10 min

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback

The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner

20

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form

Page 23: Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete worksheet that focus on ... Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning

Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World

Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program

The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype

Provide Input

The teacher review all the letters studied so far

The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)

10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far

Elicit Performance

Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they

learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet

Closure

Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day

Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)

5 min

Lesson objectives checklist or can do

statements- The students complete a

self-evaluation form